]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/target.def
Fix non-standard behaviour of std::istream_iterator
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
103 \n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123 \n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135 \n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163 \n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
174 \n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
188 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
189 DEFHOOK
190 (unwind_emit,
191 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
192 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
193 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
194 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
195 NULL)
196
197 DEFHOOKPOD
198 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
199 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
200 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
201 be called afterward.",
202 bool, true)
203
204 /* Generate an internal label.
205 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
206 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
207 (generate_internal_label,
208 "",
209 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
210 default_generate_internal_label)
211
212 /* Output an internal label. */
213 DEFHOOK
214 (internal_label,
215 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
216 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
217 \n\
218 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
219 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
220 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
221 \n\
222 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
223 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
224 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
225 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
226 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
227 \n\
228 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
229 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
230 default_internal_label)
231
232 /* Output label for the constant. */
233 DEFHOOK
234 (declare_constant_name,
235 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
236 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
237 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
238 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
239 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
240 will be an internal label.\n\
241 \n\
242 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
243 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
244 \n\
245 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
246 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
247 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
248
249 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
250 DEFHOOK
251 (ttype,
252 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
253 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
254 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
255 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
256 bool, (rtx sym),
257 hook_bool_rtx_false)
258
259 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
260 associated with the tree decl. */
261 DEFHOOK
262 (assemble_visibility,
263 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
264 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
265 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
266 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
267 default_assemble_visibility)
268
269 DEFHOOK
270 (print_patchable_function_entry,
271 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
272 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
273 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
274 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
275 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
276 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
277 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
278 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
279
280 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
281 DEFHOOK
282 (function_prologue,
283 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
284 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
285 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
286 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
287 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
288 code should be output.\n\
289 \n\
290 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
291 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
292 \n\
293 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
294 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
295 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
296 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
297 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
298 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
299 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
300 \n\
301 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
302 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
303 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
304 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
305 registers are used in the function.\n\
306 \n\
307 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
308 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
309 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
310 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
311 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
312 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
313 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
314 \n\
315 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
316 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
317 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
318 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
319 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
320 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
321 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
322 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
323 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
324 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
325 void, (FILE *file),
326 default_function_pro_epilogue)
327
328 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
329 DEFHOOK
330 (function_end_prologue,
331 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
332 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
333 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
334 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
335 void, (FILE *file),
336 no_asm_to_stream)
337
338 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
339 DEFHOOK
340 (function_begin_epilogue,
341 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
342 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
343 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
344 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
345 void, (FILE *file),
346 no_asm_to_stream)
347
348 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
349 DEFHOOK
350 (function_epilogue,
351 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
352 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
353 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
354 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
355 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
356 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
357 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
358 \n\
359 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
360 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
361 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
362 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
363 \n\
364 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
365 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
366 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
367 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
368 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
369 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
370 \n\
371 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
372 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
373 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
374 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
375 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
376 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
377 \n\
378 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
379 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
380 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
381 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
382 \n\
383 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
384 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
385 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
386 number of arguments.\n\
387 \n\
388 @findex pops_args\n\
389 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
390 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
391 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
392 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
393 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
394 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
395 void, (FILE *file),
396 default_function_pro_epilogue)
397
398 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
399 DEFHOOK
400 (init_sections,
401 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
402 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
403 of its own that you need to create.\n\
404 \n\
405 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
406 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
407 described below.",
408 void, (void),
409 hook_void_void)
410
411 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
412 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
413 which this section is associated. */
414 DEFHOOK
415 (named_section,
416 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
417 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
418 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
419 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
420 this section is associated.",
421 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
422 default_no_named_section)
423
424 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
425 declaration, using their numerical value. */
426 DEFHOOK
427 (elf_flags_numeric,
428 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
429 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
430 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
431 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
432 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
433 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
434 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
435 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
436 is emitted.",
437 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
438 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
439
440 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
441 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
442 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
443 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
444 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
445 (from static destructors).
446 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
447 DEFHOOK
448 (function_section,
449 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
450 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
451 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
452 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
453 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
454 (from static destructors).\n\
455 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
456 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
457 default_function_section)
458
459 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
460 DEFHOOK
461 (function_switched_text_sections,
462 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
463 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
464 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
465 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
466 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
467 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
468 default_function_switched_text_sections)
469
470 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
471 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
472 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
473 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
474 DEFHOOK
475 (reloc_rw_mask,
476 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
477 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
478 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
479 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
480 \n\
481 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
482 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
483 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
484 in read-only sections even in executables.",
485 int, (void),
486 default_reloc_rw_mask)
487
488 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
489 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
490 DEFHOOK
491 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
492 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
493 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
494 \n\
495 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
496 equals true and false otherwise",
497 bool, (void),
498 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
499
500 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
501 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
502 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
503 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
504 DEFHOOK
505 (select_section,
506 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
507 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
508 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
509 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
510 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
511 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
512 \n\
513 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
514 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
515 \n\
516 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
517 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
518 default_select_section)
519
520 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
521 alignment in bits. */
522 DEFHOOK
523 (select_rtx_section,
524 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
525 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
526 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
527 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
528 in bits.\n\
529 \n\
530 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
531 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
532 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
533 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
534 default_select_rtx_section)
535
536 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
537 for SELECT_SECTION. */
538 DEFHOOK
539 (unique_section,
540 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
541 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
542 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
543 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
544 \n\
545 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
546 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
547 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
548 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
549 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
550 default_unique_section)
551
552 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
553 DEFHOOK
554 (function_rodata_section,
555 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
556 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
557 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
558 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
559 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
560 otherwise.",
561 section *, (tree decl),
562 default_function_rodata_section)
563
564 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
565 for mergeable data sections. */
566 DEFHOOKPOD
567 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
568 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
569 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
570 the string if a different section name should be used.",
571 const char *, ".rodata")
572
573 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
574 DEFHOOK
575 (tm_clone_table_section,
576 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
577 tables.",
578 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
579
580 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581 DEFHOOK
582 (constructor,
583 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
584 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
585 \n\
586 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
587 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
588 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
589 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
590 \n\
591 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
592 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
593 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
594 is not defined.",
595 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
596
597 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
598 DEFHOOK
599 (destructor,
600 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
601 functions rather than initialization functions.",
602 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
603
604 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
605 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
606 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
607 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
608 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
609 DEFHOOK
610 (output_mi_thunk,
611 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
612 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
613 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
614 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
615 the real function.\n\
616 \n\
617 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
618 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
619 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
620 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
621 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
622 all other incoming arguments.\n\
623 \n\
624 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
625 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
626 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
627 \n\
628 @smallexample\n\
629 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
630 @end smallexample\n\
631 \n\
632 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
633 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
634 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
635 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
636 \n\
637 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
638 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
639 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
640 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
641 \n\
642 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
643 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
644 some targets, but probably not.\n\
645 \n\
646 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
647 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
648 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
649 not support varargs.",
650 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
652 NULL)
653
654 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
655 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
656 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
657 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
658 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
659 text to the output file. */
660 DEFHOOK
661 (can_output_mi_thunk,
662 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
663 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
664 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
665 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
666 previously exposed.",
667 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
668 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
669 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
670
671 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
672 translation unit. */
673 DEFHOOK
674 (file_start,
675 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
676 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
677 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
678 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
679 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
680 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
681 void, (void),
682 default_file_start)
683
684 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
685 DEFHOOK
686 (file_end,
687 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
688 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
689 void, (void),
690 hook_void_void)
691
692 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
693 LTO output stream. */
694 DEFHOOK
695 (lto_start,
696 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
697 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
698 nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
701
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_end,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
711
712 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
713 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (code_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
717 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
718 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
719 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
720 nothing.",
721 void, (void),
722 hook_void_void)
723
724 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
725 external. */
726 DEFHOOK
727 (external_libcall,
728 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
729 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
730 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
731 void, (rtx symref),
732 default_external_libcall)
733
734 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
735 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (mark_decl_preserved,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
740 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
741 void, (const char *symbol),
742 hook_void_constcharptr)
743
744 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
745 DEFHOOK
746 (record_gcc_switches,
747 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
748 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
749 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
750 It can take the following values:\n\
751 \n\
752 @table @gcctabopt\n\
753 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
754 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
755 \n\
756 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
757 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
758 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
759 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
760 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
761 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
762 \n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
764 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
765 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
766 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
767 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
768 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
769 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
770 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
771 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
772 switches.\n\
773 \n\
774 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
775 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
776 \n\
777 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
778 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
779 @end table\n\
780 \n\
781 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
782 supported in the future.\n\
783 \n\
784 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
785 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
786 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
787 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
788 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
789 hook.",
790 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
791 NULL)
792
793 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
794 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
795 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
796 this information. */
797 DEFHOOKPOD
798 (record_gcc_switches_section,
799 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
800 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
801 hook.",
802 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
803
804 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
805 DEFHOOK
806 (output_anchor,
807 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
808 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
809 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
810 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
811 \n\
812 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
813 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
814 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
815 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
816 void, (rtx x),
817 default_asm_output_anchor)
818
819 DEFHOOK
820 (output_ident,
821 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
822 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
823 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
824 directive.",
825 void, (const char *name),
826 hook_void_constcharptr)
827
828 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
832 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
833 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
834 NULL)
835
836 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
837 DEFHOOK
838 (final_postscan_insn,
839 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
840 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
841 if necessary.\n\
842 \n\
843 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
844 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
845 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
846 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
847 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
848 by checking the contents of the vector.",
849 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
850 NULL)
851
852 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
853 DEFHOOK
854 (trampoline_template,
855 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
856 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
857 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
858 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
859 \n\
860 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
861 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
862 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
863 to generate it on the spot.",
864 void, (FILE *f),
865 NULL)
866
867 DEFHOOK
868 (output_source_filename,
869 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
870 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
871 \n\
872 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
873 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
874 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
875 default_asm_output_source_filename)
876
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_addr_const_extra,
879 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
880 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
881 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
882 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
883 \n\
884 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
885 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
886 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
887 return @code{true}.",
888 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
889 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
890
891 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
892 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
893 initializers. */
894 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
895 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
896
897 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
898 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
899 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
900 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
901 (print_operand,
902 "",
903 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
904 default_print_operand)
905
906 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
907 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
908 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
909 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
910 (print_operand_address,
911 "",
912 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
913 default_print_operand_address)
914
915 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
916 `print_operand' hook. */
917 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
918 not this hook. */
919 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
921 "",
922 bool ,(unsigned char code),
923 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
924
925 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
926 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
927 DEFHOOK
928 (mangle_assembler_name,
929 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
930 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
931 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
932 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
933 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
934 tree, (const char *name),
935 default_mangle_assembler_name)
936
937 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
938
939 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
940 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
941 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
942 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
943 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
944
945 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
946 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
947 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
948 DEFHOOK
949 (adjust_cost,
950 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
951 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
952 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
953 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
954 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
955 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
956 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
957 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
958 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
959 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
960 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
961 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
962 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
963 unsigned int dw),
964 NULL)
965
966 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
967 DEFHOOK
968 (adjust_priority,
969 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
970 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
971 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
972 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
973 scheduling priorities of insns.",
974 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
975
976 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
977 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
978 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
979 DEFHOOK
980 (issue_rate,
981 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
982 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
983 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
984 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
985 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
986 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
987 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
988 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
989 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
990 int, (void), NULL)
991
992 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
993 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
994 DEFHOOK
995 (variable_issue,
996 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
997 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
998 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
999 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1000 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1001 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1002 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1003 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1004 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1005 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1006 was scheduled.",
1007 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1008
1009 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1010 DEFHOOK
1011 (init,
1012 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1013 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1014 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1015 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1016 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1017 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1018 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1019 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1020
1021 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1022 DEFHOOK
1023 (finish,
1024 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1025 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1026 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1027 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1028 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1029 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1031
1032 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1033 DEFHOOK
1034 (init_global,
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1036 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1037 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1038 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1040
1041 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1042 DEFHOOK
1043 (finish_global,
1044 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1045 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1046 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1047 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1048
1049 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1050 places. Default does nothing. */
1051 DEFHOOK
1052 (reorder,
1053 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1054 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1055 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1056 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1057 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1058 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1059 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1060 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1061 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1062 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1063 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1064 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1065 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1067 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1068
1069 DEFHOOK
1070 (reorder2,
1071 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1072 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1073 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1074 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1075 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1076 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1077 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1078 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1079 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1080
1081 DEFHOOK
1082 (macro_fusion_p,
1083 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1084 bool, (void), NULL)
1085
1086 DEFHOOK
1087 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1088 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1089 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1090 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1091 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1092 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1093 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1094 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1095
1096 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1097 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1098 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1099 DEFHOOK
1100 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1101 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1102 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1103 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1104 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1105 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1106 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1107 calculated.",
1108 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1109
1110 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1111 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1112 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1113 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1114 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1115 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1116 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1117 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1118 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1119
1120 DEFHOOK
1121 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1122 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1123 void, (void), NULL)
1124
1125 DEFHOOK
1126 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1127 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1128 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1129 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1130 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1131 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1132 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1133 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1134 rtx, (void), NULL)
1135
1136 DEFHOOK
1137 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1138 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1139 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1140 void, (void), NULL)
1141
1142 DEFHOOK
1143 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1144 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1145 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1146 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1147 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1148
1149 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1150 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1151 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1152 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1153
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162 DEFHOOK
1163 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1164 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1165 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1166 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1167 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1168 void, (void), NULL)
1169
1170 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1171 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1172 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1173 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1174 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1175 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1176 insns on the same cycle. */
1177 DEFHOOK
1178 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1179 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1180 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1181 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1182 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1183 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1184 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1185 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1186 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1187 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1188 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1189 \n\
1190 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1191 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1192 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1193 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1194 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1195 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1196 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1197 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1198 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1199 \n\
1200 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1201 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1202 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1203 \n\
1204 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1205 int, (void), NULL)
1206
1207 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1208 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1209 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1210 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1211 DEFHOOK
1212 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1213 "\n\
1214 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1215 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1216 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1217 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1218 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1219 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1220 number of cycles.\n\
1221 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1222 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1223 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1224 \n\
1225 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1226 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1227
1228 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1229 scheduling.
1230 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1231 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1232 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1233 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1234 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1235 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1236 scheduling on current cycle. */
1237 DEFHOOK
1238 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1239 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1240 scheduling.",
1241 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1242 NULL)
1243
1244 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1245 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1246 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1251 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1252 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1253 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1254 DEFHOOK
1255 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1256 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1257 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1258 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1259
1260 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1261 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1262 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1263 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1264 described in DFA.
1265 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1266 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1267 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1268 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1269 DEFHOOK
1270 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1271 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1272 an instruction.",
1273 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1274
1275 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1276 round of multipass scheduling.
1277 DATA is a pointer.
1278 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1279 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1280 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1281 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1282 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1283 DEFHOOK
1284 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1285 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1286 round of multipass scheduling.",
1287 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1288
1289 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1290 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1291 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1292 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1293 described in DFA. */
1294 DEFHOOK
1295 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1296 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1297 void, (void *data), NULL)
1298
1299 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304 DEFHOOK
1305 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1306 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1308
1309 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1310 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1311 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1312 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1313 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1314 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1315 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1316 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1317 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1318 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1319 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1320 DEFHOOK
1321 (dfa_new_cycle,
1322 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1323 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1324 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1325 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1326 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1327 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1328 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1329 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1330 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1331 and the current processor cycle.",
1332 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1333 int clock, int *sort_p),
1334 NULL)
1335
1336 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1337 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1338 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1339 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1340 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1341 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1342 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1343 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1344 second insn (second parameter). */
1345 DEFHOOK
1346 (is_costly_dependence,
1347 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1348 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1349 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1350 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1351 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1352 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1353 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1354 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1355 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1356 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1357 \n\
1358 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1359 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1360 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1361 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1362 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1363 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1364 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1365 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1366
1367 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1368 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1369 that new instructions were emitted. */
1370 DEFHOOK
1371 (h_i_d_extended,
1372 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1373 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1374 per instruction data structures.",
1375 void, (void), NULL)
1376
1377 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1378
1379 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1380 DEFHOOK
1381 (alloc_sched_context,
1382 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1383 void *, (void), NULL)
1384
1385 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (init_sched_context,
1388 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1389 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1390 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1391 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1392
1393 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1394 DEFHOOK
1395 (set_sched_context,
1396 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1397 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1398
1399 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1400 DEFHOOK
1401 (clear_sched_context,
1402 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1403 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1404
1405 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1406 DEFHOOK
1407 (free_sched_context,
1408 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1409 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1410
1411 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1412 by the insn scheduler.
1413 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1414 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1415 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1416 It should return
1417 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1418 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1419 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1420 generated one. */
1421 DEFHOOK
1422 (speculate_insn,
1423 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1424 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1425 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1426 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1427 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1428 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1429 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1430 the generated speculative pattern.",
1431 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1432
1433 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1434 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1435 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1436 DEFHOOK
1437 (needs_block_p,
1438 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1439 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1440 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1441 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1442
1443 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1445 instruction.
1446 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1447 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1448 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1449 is being performed. */
1450 DEFHOOK
1451 (gen_spec_check,
1452 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1453 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1454 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1455 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1456 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1457 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1458 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1459 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1460 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1461
1462 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1463 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1464 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1465 DEFHOOK
1466 (set_sched_flags,
1467 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1468 enabled/used.\n\
1469 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1470 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1471 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1472
1473 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1474 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1475 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1476 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1477
1478 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1479 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1480 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1481 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1482
1483 DEFHOOK
1484 (can_speculate_insn,
1485 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1486 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1487 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1488 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1489 should not be speculated.",
1490 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1491
1492 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1493 (skip_rtx_p,
1494 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1495 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1496 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1497
1498 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1499 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1500 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1501 to ddg variable. */
1502 DEFHOOK
1503 (sms_res_mii,
1504 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1505 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1506 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1507 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1508 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1509 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1510 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1511
1512 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1513 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1514 parameters. */
1515 DEFHOOK
1516 (dispatch_do,
1517 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1518 in its second parameter.",
1519 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1520 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1521
1522 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1523 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1524 as the second parameter is true. */
1525 DEFHOOK
1526 (dispatch,
1527 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1528 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1529 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1531
1532 DEFHOOKPOD
1533 (exposed_pipeline,
1534 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1535 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1536 also the latencies of operations.",
1537 bool, false)
1538
1539 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1540 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1541 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1542 DEFHOOK
1543 (reassociation_width,
1544 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1545 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1546 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1547 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1548
1549 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1550 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1551 DEFHOOK
1552 (fusion_priority,
1553 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1554 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1555 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1556 \n\
1557 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1558 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1559 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1560 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1561 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1562 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1563 \n\
1564 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1565 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1566 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1567 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1568 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1569 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1570 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1571 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1572 instructions.\n\
1573 \n\
1574 Given below example:\n\
1575 \n\
1576 @smallexample\n\
1577 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1578 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1579 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1580 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1581 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1582 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1583 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1584 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1585 @end smallexample\n\
1586 \n\
1587 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1588 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1589 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1590 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1591 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1592 \n\
1593 @smallexample\n\
1594 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1596 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1597 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1598 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1599 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1600 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1601 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1602 @end smallexample\n\
1603 \n\
1604 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1605 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1606 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1607 \n\
1608 @smallexample\n\
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1610 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1611 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1612 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1613 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1614 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1615 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1616 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1617 @end smallexample\n\
1618 \n\
1619 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1620 \n\
1621 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1622 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1623 \n\
1624 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1625 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1626 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1627
1628 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1629
1630 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1631 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1632 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1633 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1634
1635 DEFHOOK
1636 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1637 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1638 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1639 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1640 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1641 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1642 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1643
1644 DEFHOOK
1645 (adjust,
1646 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1647 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1648 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1649
1650 DEFHOOK
1651 (usable,
1652 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1653 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1654 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1655 to use it.",
1656 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1657
1658 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1659
1660 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1661 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1662 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1663 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1664
1665 DEFHOOK
1666 (vf,
1667 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1668 int, (void), NULL)
1669
1670 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1671
1672 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1673 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1674 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1675 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1676
1677 DEFHOOK
1678 (validate_dims,
1679 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1680 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1681 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1682 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1683 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1684 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1685 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1686 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1687 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1688 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1689 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1690 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1691
1692 DEFHOOK
1693 (dim_limit,
1694 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1695 or zero if unbounded.",
1696 int, (int axis),
1697 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1698
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (fork_join,
1701 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1702 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1703 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1704 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1705 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1706 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1707 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1708 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1709 default_goacc_fork_join)
1710
1711 DEFHOOK
1712 (reduction,
1713 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1714 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1715 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1716 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1717 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1718 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1719 void, (gcall *call),
1720 default_goacc_reduction)
1721
1722 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1723
1724 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1725 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1726 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1727 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1728
1729 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1730 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1731 function. */
1732 DEFHOOK
1733 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1734 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1735 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1736 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1737 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1738 \n\
1739 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1740 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1741 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1742 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1743 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1744 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1745 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1746 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1747 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1748 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1749 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1750 \n\
1751 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1752 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1753 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1754 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1755 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1756 described above.\n\
1757 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1758 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1759 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1760 tree, (void), NULL)
1761
1762 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1763 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1764 DEFHOOK
1765 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1766 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1767 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1768 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1769 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1770 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1771 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1772 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1773
1774 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1775 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1776 DEFHOOK
1777 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1778 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1779 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1780 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1781 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1782 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1783 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1784
1785 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1786 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1787 DEFHOOK
1788 (builtin_conversion,
1789 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1790 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1791 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1792 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1793 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1794 \n\
1795 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1796 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1797 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1798 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1799 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1800
1801 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1802 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1803 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1804 DEFHOOK
1805 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1806 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1807 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1808 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1809 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1810 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1811
1812 DEFHOOK
1813 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1814 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1815 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1816 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1817 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1818 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1819 for alignment.\n\
1820 \n\
1821 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1822 correct for most targets.",
1823 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1824 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1825
1826 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1827 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1828 DEFHOOK
1829 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1830 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1831 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1832 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1833
1834 DEFHOOK
1835 (vec_perm_const,
1836 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1837 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1838 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1839 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1840 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1841 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1842 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1843 \n\
1844 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1845 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1846 \n\
1847 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1848 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1849 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1850 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1851 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1852 implementation approaches itself.",
1853 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1854 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1855 NULL)
1856
1857 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1858 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1859 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1860 DEFHOOK
1861 (support_vector_misalignment,
1862 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1863 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1864 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1865 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1866 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1867 bool,
1868 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1869 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1870
1871 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1872 scalar mode. */
1873 DEFHOOK
1874 (preferred_simd_mode,
1875 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1876 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1877 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1878 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1879 machine_mode,
1880 (scalar_mode mode),
1881 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1882
1883 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1884 DEFHOOK
1885 (split_reduction,
1886 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1887 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1888 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1889 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1890 machine_mode,
1891 (machine_mode),
1892 default_split_reduction)
1893
1894 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1895 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1896 DEFHOOK
1897 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1898 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1899 the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1900 vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\
1901 one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1902 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector sizes even when they are generally\n\
1903 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1904 \n\
1905 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1906 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1907 for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.",
1908 void,
1909 (vector_sizes *sizes, bool all),
1910 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1911
1912 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1913 DEFHOOK
1914 (get_mask_mode,
1915 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1916 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1917 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1918 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1919 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1920 \n\
1921 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1922 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1923 if such a mode exists.",
1924 opt_machine_mode,
1925 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1926 default_get_mask_mode)
1927
1928 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1929 mask is all zeros. */
1930 DEFHOOK
1931 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1932 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1933 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1934 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1935 bool,
1936 (unsigned ifn),
1937 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1938
1939 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1940 DEFHOOK
1941 (builtin_gather,
1942 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1943 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1944 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1945 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1946 loads.",
1947 tree,
1948 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1949 NULL)
1950
1951 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1952 DEFHOOK
1953 (builtin_scatter,
1954 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1955 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1956 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1957 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1958 stores.",
1959 tree,
1960 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1961 NULL)
1962
1963 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1964 DEFHOOK
1965 (init_cost,
1966 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1967 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1968 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1969 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1970 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1971 "is being vectorized.",
1972 void *,
1973 (struct loop *loop_info),
1974 default_init_cost)
1975
1976 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1977 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1978 block. */
1979 DEFHOOK
1980 (add_stmt_cost,
1981 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1982 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1983 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1984 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1985 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1986 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1987 "revised.",
1988 unsigned,
1989 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1990 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1991 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1992 default_add_stmt_cost)
1993
1994 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1995 loop or block. */
1996 DEFHOOK
1997 (finish_cost,
1998 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1999 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2000 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2001 "the three accumulators.",
2002 void,
2003 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2004 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2005 default_finish_cost)
2006
2007 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2008 DEFHOOK
2009 (destroy_cost_data,
2010 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2011 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2012 "accumulator.",
2013 void,
2014 (void *data),
2015 default_destroy_cost_data)
2016
2017 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2018
2019 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2020 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2021
2022 DEFHOOK
2023 (preferred_else_value,
2024 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2025 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2026 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2027 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2028 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2029 \n\
2030 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2031 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2032 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2033 \n\
2034 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2035 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2036 constant of type @var{type}.",
2037 tree,
2038 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2039 default_preferred_else_value)
2040
2041 DEFHOOK
2042 (record_offload_symbol,
2043 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2044 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2045 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2046 void, (tree),
2047 hook_void_tree)
2048
2049 DEFHOOKPOD
2050 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2051 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2052 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2053 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2054 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2055
2056 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2057 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2058 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2059 DEFHOOK
2060 (override_options_after_change,
2061 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2062 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2063 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2064 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2065 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2066 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2067 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2068 void, (void),
2069 hook_void_void)
2070
2071 DEFHOOK
2072 (offload_options,
2073 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2074 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2075 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2076 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2077 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2078 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2079
2080 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2081 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2082 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2083 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2084 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2085
2086 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2087 DEFHOOK
2088 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2089 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2090 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2091 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2092 targets.",
2093 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2094 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2095
2096 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2097 DEFHOOK
2098 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2099 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2100 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2101 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2102 targets.",
2103 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2104 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2105
2106 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2107 DEFHOOK
2108 (unwind_word_mode,
2109 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2110 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2111 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2112 default_unwind_word_mode)
2113
2114 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2115 DEFHOOK
2116 (merge_decl_attributes,
2117 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2118 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2119 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2120 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2121 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2122 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2123 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2124 \n\
2125 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2126 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2127 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2128 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2129 will then define a function called\n\
2130 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2131 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2132 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2133 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2134 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2135 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2136 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2137 merge_decl_attributes)
2138
2139 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2140 DEFHOOK
2141 (merge_type_attributes,
2142 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2143 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2144 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2145 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2146 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2147 merging.",
2148 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2149 merge_type_attributes)
2150
2151 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2152 Ignored if NULL. */
2153 DEFHOOKPOD
2154 (attribute_table,
2155 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2156 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2157 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2158 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2159 take.",
2160 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2161
2162 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2163 argument. */
2164 DEFHOOK
2165 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2166 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2167 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2168 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2169 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2170 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2171 bool, (const_tree name),
2172 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2173
2174 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2175 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2176 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2177 DEFHOOK
2178 (comp_type_attributes,
2179 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2180 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2181 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2182 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2183 supposed always to be compatible.",
2184 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2185 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2186
2187 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2188 DEFHOOK
2189 (set_default_type_attributes,
2190 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2191 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2192 void, (tree type),
2193 hook_void_tree)
2194
2195 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2196 DEFHOOK
2197 (insert_attributes,
2198 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2199 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2200 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2201 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2202 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2203 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2204 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2205 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2206 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2207 needed.",
2208 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2209 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2210
2211 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2212 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2213 DEFHOOK
2214 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2215 "@cindex inlining\n\
2216 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2217 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2218 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2219 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2220 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2221 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2222
2223 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2224 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2225 DEFHOOK
2226 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2227 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2228 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2229 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2230 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2231 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2232 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2233 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2234 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2235 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2236 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2237 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2238 \n\
2239 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2240 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2241 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2242 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2243 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2244 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2245 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2246 \n\
2247 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2248 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2249 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2250 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2251 may affect its placement.",
2252 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2253 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2254
2255 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2256 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2257 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2258 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2259 (words_big_endian,
2260 "",
2261 bool, (void),
2262 targhook_words_big_endian)
2263
2264 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2265 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2266 (float_words_big_endian,
2267 "",
2268 bool, (void),
2269 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2270
2271 DEFHOOK
2272 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2273 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2274 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2275 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2276 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2277 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2278 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2279 does not.",
2280 bool, (void),
2281 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2282
2283 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2284 DEFHOOK
2285 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2286 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2287 bool, (void),
2288 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2289
2290 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2291 DEFHOOK
2292 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2293 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2294 bool, (void),
2295 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2296
2297 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2298 DEFHOOK
2299 (align_anon_bitfield,
2300 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2301 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2302 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2303 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2304 bool, (void),
2305 hook_bool_void_false)
2306
2307 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2308 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2309 DEFHOOK
2310 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2311 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2312 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2313 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2314 \n\
2315 The default is @code{false}.",
2316 bool, (void),
2317 hook_bool_void_false)
2318
2319 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2320 DEFHOOK
2321 (init_builtins,
2322 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2323 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2324 necessary setup.\n\
2325 \n\
2326 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2327 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2328 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2329 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2330 \n\
2331 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2332 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2333 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2334 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2335 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2336 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2337 void, (void),
2338 hook_void_void)
2339
2340 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2341 built-in function decl for CODE.
2342 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2343 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2344 DEFHOOK
2345 (builtin_decl,
2346 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2347 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2348 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2349 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2350 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2351 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2352 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2353 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2354
2355 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2356 DEFHOOK
2357 (expand_builtin,
2358 "\n\
2359 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2360 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2361 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2362 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2363 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2364 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2365 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2366 built-in function.",
2367 rtx,
2368 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2369 default_expand_builtin)
2370
2371 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2372 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2373 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2374 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2375 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2376 DEFHOOK
2377 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2378 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2379 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2380 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2381 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2382 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2383 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2384 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2385 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2386 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2387 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2388
2389 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2390 and GENERIC. */
2391 DEFHOOK
2392 (fold_builtin,
2393 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2394 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2395 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2396 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2397 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2398 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2399 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2400 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2401 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2402
2403 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2404 DEFHOOK
2405 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2406 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2407 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2408 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2409 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2410 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2411 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2412
2413 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2414 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2415 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2416 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2417 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2418 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2419 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2420 and 0 if they are the same. */
2421 DEFHOOK
2422 (compare_version_priority,
2423 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2424 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2425 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2426 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2427 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2428 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2429 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2430
2431 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2432 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2433 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2434 must be generated. */
2435 DEFHOOK
2436 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2437 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2438 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2439 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2440 body must be generated.",
2441 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2442
2443 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2444 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2445 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2446 identical versions. */
2447 DEFHOOK
2448 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2449 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2450 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2451 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2452 identical versions.",
2453 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2454
2455 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2456 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2457 DEFHOOK
2458 (builtin_reciprocal,
2459 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2460 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2461 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2462 tree, (tree fndecl),
2463 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2464
2465 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2466 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2467 NULL. */
2468 DEFHOOK
2469 (mangle_type,
2470 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2471 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2472 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2473 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2474 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2475 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2476 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2477 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2478 string constant.\n\
2479 \n\
2480 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2481 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2482 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2483 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2484 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2485 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2486 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2487 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2488 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2489 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2490 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2491 spaces in your string.\n\
2492 \n\
2493 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2494 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2495 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2496 before mangling.\n\
2497 \n\
2498 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2499 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2500 types.",
2501 const char *, (const_tree type),
2502 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2503
2504 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2505 DEFHOOK
2506 (init_libfuncs,
2507 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2508 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2509 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2510 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2511 library routines.\n\
2512 \n\
2513 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2514 void, (void),
2515 hook_void_void)
2516
2517 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2518 DEFHOOKPOD
2519 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2520 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2521 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2522 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2523 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2524 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2525 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2526 bool, false)
2527
2528 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2529 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2530 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2531 DEFHOOK
2532 (section_type_flags,
2533 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2534 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2535 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2536 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2537 \n\
2538 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2539 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2540 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2541 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2542 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2543 default_section_type_flags)
2544
2545 DEFHOOK
2546 (libc_has_function,
2547 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2548 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2549 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2550 default_libc_has_function)
2551
2552 DEFHOOK
2553 (libc_has_fast_function,
2554 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2555 @var{fn_class} has a fast implementation.",
2556 bool, (int fcode),
2557 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2558
2559 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2560 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2561 DEFHOOK
2562 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2563 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2564 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2565 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2566 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2567 \n\
2568 @smallexample\n\
2569 static bool\n\
2570 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2571 @{\n\
2572 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2573 @}\n\
2574 @end smallexample",
2575 bool, (void),
2576 hook_bool_void_false)
2577
2578 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2579 DEFHOOK
2580 (can_follow_jump,
2581 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2582 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2583 false, if it can't.\
2584 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2585 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2586 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2587 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2588
2589 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2590 optimizations should be applied. */
2591 DEFHOOK
2592 (branch_target_register_class,
2593 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2594 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2595 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2596 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2597 to inter-block scheduling.",
2598 reg_class_t, (void),
2599 default_branch_target_register_class)
2600
2601 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2602 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2603 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2604 already been generated. */
2605 DEFHOOK
2606 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2607 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2608 registers\n\
2609 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2610 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2611 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2612 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2613 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2614 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2615 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2616 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2617 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2618 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2619 hook_bool_bool_false)
2620
2621 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2622 DEFHOOK
2623 (have_conditional_execution,
2624 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2625 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2626 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2627 bool, (void),
2628 default_have_conditional_execution)
2629
2630 DEFHOOK
2631 (gen_ccmp_first,
2632 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2633 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2634 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2635 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2636 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2637 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2638 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2639 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2640 NULL)
2641
2642 DEFHOOK
2643 (gen_ccmp_next,
2644 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2645 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2646 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2647 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2648 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2649 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2650 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2651 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2652 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2653 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2654 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2655 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2656 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2657 NULL)
2658
2659 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2660 DEFHOOK
2661 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2662 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2663 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2664 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2665 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2666 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2667 number of memory accesses.",
2668 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2669 NULL)
2670
2671 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2672 DEFHOOK
2673 (legitimate_constant_p,
2674 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2675 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2676 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2677 \n\
2678 The default definition returns true.",
2679 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2680 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2681
2682 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2683 DEFHOOK
2684 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2685 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2686 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2687 of @var{x}.\n\
2688 \n\
2689 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2690 \n\
2691 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2692 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2693 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2694 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2695 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2696 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2697 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2698
2699 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2700 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2701 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2702 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2703
2704 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2705 DEFHOOK
2706 (commutative_p,
2707 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2708 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2709 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2710 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2711 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2712 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2713
2714 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2715 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2716 DEFHOOK
2717 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2718 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2719 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2720 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2721 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2722 but not others.\n\
2723 \n\
2724 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2725 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2726 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2727 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2728 \n\
2729 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2730 \n\
2731 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2732 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2733 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2734
2735 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2736 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2737 DEFHOOK
2738 (legitimize_address,
2739 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2740 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2741 address.\n\
2742 \n\
2743 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2744 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2745 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2746 @var{x}.\n\
2747 \n\
2748 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2749 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2750 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2751 \n\
2752 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2753 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2754 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2755 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2756 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2757 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2758 strategy can generate better code.",
2759 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2760 default_legitimize_address)
2761
2762 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2763 DEFHOOK
2764 (delegitimize_address,
2765 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2766 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2767 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2768 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2769 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2770 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2771 into their original form.",
2772 rtx, (rtx x),
2773 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2774
2775 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2776 section. */
2777 DEFHOOK
2778 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2779 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2780 debug sections.",
2781 bool, (rtx x),
2782 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2783
2784 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2785 DEFHOOK
2786 (legitimate_address_p,
2787 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2788 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2789 \n\
2790 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2791 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2792 desired by the caller.\n\
2793 \n\
2794 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2795 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2796 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2797 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2798 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2799 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2800 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2801 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2802 \n\
2803 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2804 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2805 register is required.\n\
2806 \n\
2807 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2808 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2809 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2810 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2811 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2812 \n\
2813 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2814 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2815 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2816 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2817 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2818 \n\
2819 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2820 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2821 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2822 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2823 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2824 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2825 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2826 Format}.\n\
2827 \n\
2828 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2829 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2830 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2831 has this syntax:\n\
2832 \n\
2833 @example\n\
2834 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2835 @end example\n\
2836 \n\
2837 @noindent\n\
2838 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2839 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2840 \n\
2841 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2842 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2843 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2844 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2845 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2846 \n\
2847 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2848 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2849 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2850 default_legitimate_address_p)
2851
2852 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2853 DEFHOOK
2854 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2855 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2856 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2857 of @var{x}.\n\
2858 \n\
2859 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2860 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2861 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2862
2863 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2864 DEFHOOK
2865 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2866 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2867 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2868 \n\
2869 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2870 bool, (const_tree decl),
2871 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2872
2873 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2874 DEFHOOKPOD
2875 (min_anchor_offset,
2876 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2877 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2878 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2879 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2880 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2881
2882 DEFHOOKPOD
2883 (max_anchor_offset,
2884 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2885 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2886 value is 0.",
2887 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2888
2889 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2890 DEFHOOK
2891 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2892 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2893 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2894 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2895 \n\
2896 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2897 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2898 or target-specific sections.",
2899 bool, (const_rtx x),
2900 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2901
2902 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2903 DEFHOOK
2904 (has_ifunc_p,
2905 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2906 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2907 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2908 bool, (void),
2909 default_has_ifunc_p)
2910
2911 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2912 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2913 this is an indirect call. */
2914 DEFHOOK
2915 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2916 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2917 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2918 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2919 \n\
2920 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2921 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2922 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2923 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
2924 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2925 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2926 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2927 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2928
2929 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2930 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2931 level, outside of any function scope. */
2932 DEFHOOK
2933 (set_current_function,
2934 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2935 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2936 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2937 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2938 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2939 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2940 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2941 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2942 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2943 \n\
2944 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2945 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2946 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2947 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2948 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2949 outside of any function scope.",
2950 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2951
2952 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2953 DEFHOOK
2954 (in_small_data_p,
2955 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2956 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2957 bool, (const_tree exp),
2958 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2959
2960 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2961 to the current executable or shared library. */
2962 DEFHOOK
2963 (binds_local_p,
2964 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2965 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2966 or executable image).\n\
2967 \n\
2968 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2969 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2970 currently supported object file formats.",
2971 bool, (const_tree exp),
2972 default_binds_local_p)
2973
2974 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2975 DEFHOOK
2976 (profile_before_prologue,
2977 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2978 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2979 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2980 bool, (void),
2981 default_profile_before_prologue)
2982
2983 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2984 enabled. */
2985 DEFHOOK
2986 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2987 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2988 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2989 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2990 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2991 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2992 bool, (void),
2993 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2994
2995 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2996 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2997 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2998 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2999 DEFHOOK
3000 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3001 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3002 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3003 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3004 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3005 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3006 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3007 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3008 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3009 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3010
3011 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3012 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3013 DEFHOOK
3014 (encode_section_info,
3015 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3016 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3017 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3018 \n\
3019 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3020 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3021 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3022 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3023 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3024 \n\
3025 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3026 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3027 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3028 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3029 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3030 leave it alone.)\n\
3031 \n\
3032 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3033 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3034 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3035 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3036 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3037 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3038 \n\
3039 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3040 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3041 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3042 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3043 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3044 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3045 \n\
3046 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3047 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3048 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3049 before overriding it.",
3050 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3051 default_encode_section_info)
3052
3053 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3054 DEFHOOK
3055 (strip_name_encoding,
3056 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3057 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3058 may have added.",
3059 const char *, (const char *name),
3060 default_strip_name_encoding)
3061
3062 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3063 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3064 DEFHOOK
3065 (shift_truncation_mask,
3066 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3067 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3068 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3069 \n\
3070 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3071 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3072 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3073 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3074 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3075 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3076 \n\
3077 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3078 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3079 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3080 \n\
3081 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3082 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3083 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3084 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3085 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3086 by overriding it.",
3087 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3088 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3089
3090 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3091 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3092 the reciprocal. */
3093 DEFHOOK
3094 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3095 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3096 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3097 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3098 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3099 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3100 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3101 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3102 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3103
3104 DEFHOOK
3105 (truly_noop_truncation,
3106 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3107 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3108 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3109 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3110 is correct for most machines.\n\
3111 \n\
3112 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3113 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3114 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3115 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3116 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3117
3118 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3119 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3120 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3121 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3122 necessarily defined at this point. */
3123 DEFHOOK
3124 (mode_rep_extended,
3125 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3126 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3127 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3128 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3129 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3130 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3131 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3132 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3133 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3134 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3135 \n\
3136 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3137 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3138 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3139 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3140 \n\
3141 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3142 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3143 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3144 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3145 extension.\n\
3146 \n\
3147 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3148 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3149 @code{mode}.",
3150 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3151 default_mode_rep_extended)
3152
3153 DEFHOOK
3154 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3155 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3156 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3157 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3158 \n\
3159 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3160 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3161 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3162 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3163 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3164 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3165 bool, (void),
3166 hook_bool_void_false)
3167
3168 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3169 DEFHOOK
3170 (valid_pointer_mode,
3171 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3172 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3173 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3174 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3175 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3176
3177 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3178 DEFHOOK
3179 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3180 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3181 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3182 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3183 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3184 a pointer to int.",
3185 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3186 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3187
3188 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3189 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3190 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3191 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3192
3193 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3194 DEFHOOK
3195 (pointer_mode,
3196 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3197 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3198 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3199 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3200 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3201
3202 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3203 DEFHOOK
3204 (address_mode,
3205 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3206 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3207 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3208 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3209 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3210
3211 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3212 in another address space. */
3213 DEFHOOK
3214 (valid_pointer_mode,
3215 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3216 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3217 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3218 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3219 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3220 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3221 target hooks for the given address space.",
3222 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3223 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3224
3225 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3226 space for a given mode. */
3227 DEFHOOK
3228 (legitimate_address_p,
3229 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3230 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3231 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3232 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3233 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3234 explicit named address space support.",
3235 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3236 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3237
3238 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3239 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3240 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3241 DEFHOOK
3242 (legitimize_address,
3243 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3244 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3245 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3246 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3247 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3248 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3249
3250 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3251 DEFHOOK
3252 (subset_p,
3253 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3254 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3255 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3256 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3257 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3258 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3259 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3260 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3261
3262 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3263 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3264 DEFHOOK
3265 (zero_address_valid,
3266 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3267 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3268 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3269 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3270
3271 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3272 DEFHOOK
3273 (convert,
3274 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3275 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3276 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3277 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3278 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3279 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3280 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3281 default_addr_space_convert)
3282
3283 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3284 DEFHOOK
3285 (debug,
3286 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3287 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3288 int, (addr_space_t as),
3289 default_addr_space_debug)
3290
3291 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3292 DEFHOOK
3293 (diagnose_usage,
3294 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3295 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3296 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3297 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3298 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3299 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3300 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3301 The default implementation does nothing.",
3302 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3303 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3304
3305 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3306
3307 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3308 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3309
3310 DEFHOOK
3311 (static_rtx_alignment,
3312 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3313 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3314 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3315 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3316 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3317 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3318
3319 DEFHOOK
3320 (constant_alignment,
3321 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3322 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3323 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3324 \n\
3325 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3326 \n\
3327 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3328 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3329 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3330 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3331 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3332 default_constant_alignment)
3333
3334 DEFHOOK
3335 (translate_mode_attribute,
3336 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3337 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3338 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3339 \n\
3340 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3341 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3342 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3343
3344 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3345 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3346 the arithmetic is supported. */
3347 DEFHOOK
3348 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3349 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3350 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3351 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3352 must work.\n\
3353 \n\
3354 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3355 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3356 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3357 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3358 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3359 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3360
3361 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3362 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3363 for further details. */
3364 DEFHOOK
3365 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3366 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3367 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3368 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3369 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3370 hook_bool_mode_false)
3371
3372 DEFHOOK
3373 (vector_alignment,
3374 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3375 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3376 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3377 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3378 the vector element type.",
3379 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3380 default_vector_alignment)
3381
3382 DEFHOOK
3383 (array_mode,
3384 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3385 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3386 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3387 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3388 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3389 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3390 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3391 used in specific cases.\n\
3392 \n\
3393 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3394 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3395 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3396 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3397
3398 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3399 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3400 DEFHOOK
3401 (array_mode_supported_p,
3402 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3403 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3404 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3405 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3406 \n\
3407 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3408 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3409 has operations like:\n\
3410 \n\
3411 @smallexample\n\
3412 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3413 @end smallexample\n\
3414 \n\
3415 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3416 \n\
3417 @smallexample\n\
3418 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3419 @{\n\
3420 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3421 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3422 @end smallexample\n\
3423 \n\
3424 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3425 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3426 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3427 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3428 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3429
3430 DEFHOOK
3431 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3432 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3433 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3434 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3435 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3436 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3437 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3438 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3439
3440 DEFHOOK
3441 (floatn_mode,
3442 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3443 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3444 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3445 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3446 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3447 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3448 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3449 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3450 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3451 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3452 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3453 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3454 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3455 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3456 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3457 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3458 default_floatn_mode)
3459
3460 DEFHOOK
3461 (floatn_builtin_p,
3462 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3463 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3464 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3465 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3466 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3467 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3468 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3469 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3470 bool, (int func),
3471 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3472
3473 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3474 TO, using MODE. */
3475 DEFHOOK
3476 (register_move_cost,
3477 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3478 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3479 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3480 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3481 that.\n\
3482 \n\
3483 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3484 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3485 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3486 \n\
3487 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3488 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3489 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3490 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3491 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3492 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3493 \n\
3494 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3495 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3496 default_register_move_cost)
3497
3498 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3499 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3500 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3501 DEFHOOK
3502 (memory_move_cost,
3503 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3504 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3505 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3506 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3507 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3508 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3509 \n\
3510 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3511 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3512 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3513 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3514 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3515 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3516 \n\
3517 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3518 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3519 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3520 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3521 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3522 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3523 are the same as to this target hook.",
3524 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3525 default_memory_move_cost)
3526
3527 DEFHOOK
3528 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3529 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3530 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3531 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3532 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3533 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3534 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3535 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3536 \n\
3537 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3538 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3539 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3540 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3541 units.\n\
3542 \n\
3543 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3544 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3545 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3546 under consideration.\n\
3547 \n\
3548 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3549 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3550 \n\
3551 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3552 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3553 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3554 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3555 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3556 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3557 \n\
3558 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3559 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3560 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3561 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3562 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3563 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3564
3565 DEFHOOK
3566 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3567 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3568 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3569 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3570 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3571 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3572 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3573 negative number from this hook.",
3574 int, (machine_mode mode),
3575 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3576
3577 DEFHOOK
3578 (slow_unaligned_access,
3579 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3580 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3581 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3582 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3583 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3584 \n\
3585 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3586 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3587 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3588 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3589 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3590 \n\
3591 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3592 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3593 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3594 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3595
3596 DEFHOOK
3597 (optab_supported_p,
3598 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3599 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3600 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3601 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3602 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3603 \n\
3604 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3605 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3606 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3607 \n\
3608 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3609 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3610 optimization_type opt_type),
3611 default_optab_supported_p)
3612
3613 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3614 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3615 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3616 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3617 DEFHOOK
3618 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3619 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3620 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3621 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3622 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3623 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3624 for any mode.\n\
3625 \n\
3626 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3627 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3628 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3629 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3630 insn.\n\
3631 \n\
3632 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3633 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3634 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3635 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3636 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3637 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3638 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3639 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3640 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3641 \n\
3642 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3643 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3644 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3645 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3646 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3647 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3648 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3649 hook_bool_mode_false)
3650
3651 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3652 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3653 DEFHOOKPOD
3654 (flags_regnum,
3655 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3656 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3657 appropriately.",
3658 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3659
3660 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3661 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3662 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3663 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3664 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3665 DEFHOOK
3666 (rtx_costs,
3667 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3668 \n\
3669 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3670 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3671 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3672 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3673 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3674 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3675 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3676 \n\
3677 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3678 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3679 \n\
3680 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3681 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3682 instructions.\n\
3683 \n\
3684 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3685 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3686 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3687 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3688 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3689 \n\
3690 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3691 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3692 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3693 \n\
3694 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3695 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3696 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3697 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3698
3699 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3700 invalid addresses. */
3701 DEFHOOK
3702 (address_cost,
3703 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3704 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3705 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3706 \n\
3707 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3708 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3709 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3710 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3711 \n\
3712 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3713 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3714 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3715 \n\
3716 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3717 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3718 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3719 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3720 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3721 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3722 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3723 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3724 \n\
3725 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3726 \n\
3727 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3728 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3729 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3730 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3731 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3732 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3733 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3734 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3735 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3736 default_address_cost)
3737
3738 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3739 DEFHOOK
3740 (insn_cost,
3741 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3742 \n\
3743 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3744 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3745 instructions.\n\
3746 \n\
3747 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3748 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3749 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3750 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3751
3752 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3753 well defined units. */
3754 DEFHOOK
3755 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3756 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3757 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3758 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3759 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3760 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3761 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3762 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3763 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3764 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3765 \n\
3766 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3767 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3768 were true.\n\
3769 \n\
3770 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3771 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3772 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3773 unsigned int, (edge e),
3774 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3775
3776 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3777 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3778 DEFHOOK
3779 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3780 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3781 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3782 @code{if_info}.",
3783 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3784 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3785
3786 DEFHOOK
3787 (estimated_poly_value,
3788 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3789 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3790 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3791 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3792 default_estimated_poly_value)
3793
3794 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3795 scheduling. */
3796 DEFHOOK
3797 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3798 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3799 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3800 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3801 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3802 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3803 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3804 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3805 hook_bool_void_false)
3806
3807 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3808 DEFHOOK
3809 (allocate_initial_value,
3810 "\n\
3811 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3812 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3813 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3814 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3815 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3816 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3817 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3818 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3819 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3820 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3821 @code{MEM}.\n\
3822 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3823 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3824 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3825 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3826 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3827 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3828 allocation.",
3829 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3830
3831 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3832 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3833 DEFHOOK
3834 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3835 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3836 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3837 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3838 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3839 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3840 passed along.",
3841 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3842 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3843
3844 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3845 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3846 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3847 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3848 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3849 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3850 DEFHOOK
3851 (dwarf_register_span,
3852 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3853 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3854 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3855 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3856 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3857 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3858 rtx, (rtx reg),
3859 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3860
3861 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3862 register. */
3863 DEFHOOK
3864 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3865 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3866 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3867 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3868 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3869 machine_mode, (int regno),
3870 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3871
3872 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3873 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3874 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3875 code, given the address of the table. */
3876 DEFHOOK
3877 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3878 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3879 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3880 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3881 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3882 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3883 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3884 void, (tree address),
3885 hook_void_tree)
3886
3887 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3888 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3889 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3890 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3891 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3892 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3893 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3894 DEFHOOK
3895 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3896 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3897 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3898 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3899 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3900 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3901 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3902 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3903 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3904 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3905 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3906 \n\
3907 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3908 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3909 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3910
3911 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3912 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3913 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3914 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3915 VOIDmode. */
3916 DEFHOOK
3917 (cc_modes_compatible,
3918 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3919 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3920 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3921 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3922 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3923 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3924 \n\
3925 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3926 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3927 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3928 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3929 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3930
3931 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3932 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3933 DEFHOOK
3934 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3935 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3936 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3937 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3938 \n\
3939 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3940 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3941 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3942 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3943 \n\
3944 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3945 definition is null.",
3946 void, (void), NULL)
3947
3948 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3949 DEFHOOK
3950 (build_builtin_va_list,
3951 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3952 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3953 tree, (void),
3954 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3955
3956 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3957 DEFHOOK
3958 (enum_va_list_p,
3959 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3960 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3961 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3962 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3963 variable.\n\
3964 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3965 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3966 internal type.\n\
3967 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3968 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3969 macro to iterate through all types.",
3970 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3971 NULL)
3972
3973 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3974 DEFHOOK
3975 (fn_abi_va_list,
3976 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3977 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3978 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3979 tree, (tree fndecl),
3980 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3981
3982 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3983 DEFHOOK
3984 (canonical_va_list_type,
3985 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3986 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3987 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3988 tree, (tree type),
3989 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3990
3991 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3992 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3993 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3994 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3995 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3996
3997 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3998 DEFHOOK
3999 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4000 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4001 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4002 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4003 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4004 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4005 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4006
4007 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4008 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4009 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4010 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4011 or an error message if not. */
4012 DEFHOOK
4013 (get_pch_validity,
4014 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4015 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4016 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4017 void *, (size_t *sz),
4018 default_get_pch_validity)
4019
4020 DEFHOOK
4021 (pch_valid_p,
4022 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4023 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4024 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4025 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4026 \n\
4027 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4028 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4029 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4030 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4031 \n\
4032 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4033 suitable for most targets.",
4034 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4035 default_pch_valid_p)
4036
4037 DEFHOOK
4038 (prepare_pch_save,
4039 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4040 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4041 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4042 to do anything here.",
4043 void, (void),
4044 hook_void_void)
4045
4046 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4047 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4048 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4049 DEFHOOK
4050 (check_pch_target_flags,
4051 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4052 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4053 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4054 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4055 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4056 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4057
4058 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4059 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4060 that type. */
4061 DEFHOOK
4062 (default_short_enums,
4063 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4064 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4065 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4066 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4067 \n\
4068 The default is to return false.",
4069 bool, (void),
4070 hook_bool_void_false)
4071
4072 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4073 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4074 DEFHOOK
4075 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4076 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4077 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4078 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4079 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4080 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4081 rtx, (void),
4082 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4083
4084 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4085 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4086 DEFHOOK
4087 (md_asm_adjust,
4088 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4089 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4090 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4091 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4092 \n\
4093 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4094 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4095 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4096 rtx_insn *,
4097 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4098 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4099 NULL)
4100
4101 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4102 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4103 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4104 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4105 the function is being declared as an int. */
4106 DEFHOOK
4107 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4108 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4109 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4110 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4111 int, (const_tree function),
4112 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4113
4114 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4115 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4116 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4117 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4118 and
4119 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4120 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4121 DEFHOOK
4122 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4123 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4124 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4125 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4126 @smallexample\n\
4127 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4128 @end smallexample\n\
4129 and\n\
4130 @smallexample\n\
4131 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4132 @end smallexample\n\
4133 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4134 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4135 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4136 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4137
4138 DEFHOOK
4139 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4140 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4141 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4142 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4143 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4144 @smallexample\n\
4145 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4146 @end smallexample\n\
4147 \n\
4148 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4149 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4150 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4151 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4152
4153 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4154 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4155 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4156 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4157 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4158 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4159 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4160
4161 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4162 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4163 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4164 DEFHOOK
4165 (stack_protect_guard,
4166 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4167 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4168 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4169 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4170 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4171 \n\
4172 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4173 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4174 tree, (void),
4175 default_stack_protect_guard)
4176
4177 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4178 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4179 DEFHOOK
4180 (stack_protect_fail,
4181 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4182 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4183 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4184 \n\
4185 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4186 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4187 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4188 tree, (void),
4189 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4190
4191 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4192 protector runtime support. */
4193 DEFHOOK
4194 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4195 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4196 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4197 bool, (void),
4198 hook_bool_void_true)
4199
4200 DEFHOOK
4201 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4202 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4203 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4204 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4205 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4206 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4207 \n\
4208 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4209 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4210 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4211 compilation for the second case.\n\
4212 \n\
4213 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4214 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4215 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4216 along with your other target hooks.",
4217 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4218
4219 DEFHOOK
4220 (speculation_safe_value,
4221 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4222 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4223 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4224 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4225 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4226 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4227 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4228 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4229 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4230 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4231 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4232 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4233 \n\
4234 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4235 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4236 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4237 default_speculation_safe_value)
4238
4239 DEFHOOK
4240 (predict_doloop_p,
4241 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4242 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4243 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4244 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4245 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4246 bool, (struct loop *loop),
4247 default_predict_doloop_p)
4248
4249 DEFHOOK
4250 (can_use_doloop_p,
4251 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4252 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4253 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4254 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4255 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4256 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4257 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4258 \n\
4259 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4260 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4261 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4262 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4263 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4264 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4265
4266 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4267 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4268 DEFHOOK
4269 (invalid_within_doloop,
4270 "\n\
4271 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4272 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4273 could not be applied.\n\
4274 \n\
4275 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4276 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4277 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4278 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4279 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4280 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4281 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4282
4283 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4284 DEFHOOK
4285 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4286 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4287 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4288 default is to accept all instructions.",
4289 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4290 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4291
4292 DEFHOOK
4293 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4294 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4295 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4296 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4297 bool, (const_tree decl),
4298 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4299
4300 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4301 value. */
4302 DEFHOOKPOD
4303 (const_anchor,
4304 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4305 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4306 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4307 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4308 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4309 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4310 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4311 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4312 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4313 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4314 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4315 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4316 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4317 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4318 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4319 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4320
4321 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4322 DEFHOOK
4323 (memmodel_check,
4324 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4325 memory model bits are allowed.",
4326 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4327
4328 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4329 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4330 supported by the target. */
4331 DEFHOOK
4332 (asan_shadow_offset,
4333 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4334 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4335 supported by the target.",
4336 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4337 NULL)
4338
4339 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4340 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4341 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4342
4343 DEFHOOK
4344 (promote_function_mode,
4345 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4346 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4347 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4348 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4349 pointer} types.\n\
4350 \n\
4351 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4352 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4353 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4354 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4355 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4356 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4357 the signedness may be different.\n\
4358 \n\
4359 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4360 \n\
4361 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4362 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4363 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4364 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4365 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4366 default_promote_function_mode)
4367
4368 DEFHOOK
4369 (promote_prototypes,
4370 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4371 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4372 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4373 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4374 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4375 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4376 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4377
4378 DEFHOOK
4379 (struct_value_rtx,
4380 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4381 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4382 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4383 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4384 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4385 argument.\n\
4386 \n\
4387 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4388 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4389 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4390 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4391 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4392 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4393 the caller.\n\
4394 \n\
4395 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4396 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4397 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4398 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4399 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4400 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4401 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4402
4403 DEFHOOKPOD
4404 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4405 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4406 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4407 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4408 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4409 undesirable on your target.",
4410 bool, false)
4411
4412 DEFHOOK
4413 (return_in_memory,
4414 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4415 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4416 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4417 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4418 libcalls.\n\
4419 \n\
4420 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4421 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4422 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4423 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4424 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4425 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4426 \n\
4427 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4428 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4429 to indicate this.",
4430 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4431 default_return_in_memory)
4432
4433 DEFHOOK
4434 (return_in_msb,
4435 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4436 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4437 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4438 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4439 \n\
4440 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4441 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4442 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4443 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4444 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4445 bool, (const_tree type),
4446 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4447
4448 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4449 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4450 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4451 DEFHOOK
4452 (pass_by_reference,
4453 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4454 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4455 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4456 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4457 \n\
4458 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4459 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4460 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4461 to that type.",
4462 bool,
4463 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4464 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4465
4466 DEFHOOK
4467 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4468 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4469 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4470 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4471 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4472 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4473 rtx, (void),
4474 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4475
4476 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4477 DEFHOOK
4478 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4479 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4480 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4481 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4482 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4483 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4484 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4485 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4486 \n\
4487 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4488 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4489 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4490 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4491 \n\
4492 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4493 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4494 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4495 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4496 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4497 frame.\n\
4498 \n\
4499 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4500 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4501 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4502 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4503 for all data types.\n\
4504 \n\
4505 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4506 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4507 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4508 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4509 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4510 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4511 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4512 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4513
4514 DEFHOOK
4515 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4516 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4517 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4518 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4519 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4520 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4521 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4522 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4523 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4524 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4525
4526 DEFHOOK
4527 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4528 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4529 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4530 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4531 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4532 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4533 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4534 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4535 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4536 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4537
4538 DEFHOOK
4539 (load_returned_bounds,
4540 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4541 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4542 loaded bounds.",
4543 rtx, (rtx slot),
4544 default_load_returned_bounds)
4545
4546 DEFHOOK
4547 (store_returned_bounds,
4548 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4549 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4550 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4551 default_store_returned_bounds)
4552
4553 DEFHOOK
4554 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4555 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4556 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4557 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4558 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4559 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4560 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4561
4562 DEFHOOK
4563 (call_args,
4564 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4565 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4566 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4567 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4568 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4569 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4570 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4571 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4572 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4573 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4574 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4575 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4576 void, (rtx, tree),
4577 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4578
4579 DEFHOOK
4580 (end_call_args,
4581 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4582 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4583 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4584 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4585 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4586 void, (void),
4587 hook_void_void)
4588
4589 DEFHOOK
4590 (strict_argument_naming,
4591 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4592 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4593 \n\
4594 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4595 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4596 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4597 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4598 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4599 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4600 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4601 \n\
4602 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4603 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4604 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4605
4606 /* Returns true if we should use
4607 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4608 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4609 DEFHOOK
4610 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4611 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4612 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4613 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4614 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4615 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4616 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4617 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4618 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4619
4620 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4621 should be passed as two scalars. */
4622 DEFHOOK
4623 (split_complex_arg,
4624 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4625 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4626 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4627 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4628 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4629 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4630 point register.\n\
4631 \n\
4632 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4633 false.",
4634 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4635
4636 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4637 but must be passed on the stack. */
4638 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4639 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4640 DEFHOOK
4641 (must_pass_in_stack,
4642 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4643 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4644 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4645 documentation.",
4646 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4647 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4648
4649 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4650 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4651 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4652 DEFHOOK
4653 (callee_copies,
4654 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4655 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4656 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4657 by the caller.\n\
4658 \n\
4659 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4660 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4661 not be generated.\n\
4662 \n\
4663 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4664 bool,
4665 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4666 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4667
4668 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4669 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4670 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4671 DEFHOOK
4672 (arg_partial_bytes,
4673 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4674 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4675 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4676 pushed on the stack.\n\
4677 \n\
4678 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4679 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4680 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4681 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4682 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4683 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4684 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4685 \n\
4686 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4687 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4688 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4689 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4690 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4691
4692 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4693 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4694 argument. */
4695 DEFHOOK
4696 (function_arg_advance,
4697 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4698 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4699 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4700 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4701 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4702 \n\
4703 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4704 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4705 used for arguments without any special help.",
4706 void,
4707 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4708 default_function_arg_advance)
4709
4710 DEFHOOK
4711 (function_arg_offset,
4712 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4713 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4714 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4715 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4716 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4717 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4718 default_function_arg_offset)
4719
4720 DEFHOOK
4721 (function_arg_padding,
4722 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4723 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4724 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4725 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4726 \n\
4727 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4728 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4729 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4730 \n\
4731 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4732 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4733 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4734 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4735 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4736 default_function_arg_padding)
4737
4738 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4739 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4740 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4741 argument. */
4742 DEFHOOK
4743 (function_arg,
4744 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4745 register and if so, which register.\n\
4746 \n\
4747 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4748 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4749 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4750 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4751 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4752 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4753 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4754 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4755 \n\
4756 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4757 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4758 on the stack.\n\
4759 \n\
4760 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4761 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4762 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4763 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4764 for more information.\n\
4765 \n\
4766 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4767 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4768 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4769 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4770 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4771 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4772 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4773 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4774 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4775 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4776 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4777 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4778 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4779 \n\
4780 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4781 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4782 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4783 \n\
4784 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4785 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4786 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4787 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4788 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4789 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4790 \n\
4791 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4792 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4793 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4794 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4795 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4796 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4797 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4798 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4799 a register.",
4800 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4801 bool named),
4802 default_function_arg)
4803
4804 DEFHOOK
4805 (function_incoming_arg,
4806 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4807 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4808 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4809 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4810 \n\
4811 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4812 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4813 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4814 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4815 arrive.\n\
4816 \n\
4817 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4818 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4819 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4820 \n\
4821 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4822 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4823 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4824 bool named),
4825 default_function_incoming_arg)
4826
4827 DEFHOOK
4828 (function_arg_boundary,
4829 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4830 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4831 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4832 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4833 default_function_arg_boundary)
4834
4835 DEFHOOK
4836 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4837 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4838 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4839 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4840 value.",
4841 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4842 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4843
4844 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4845 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4846 DEFHOOK
4847 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4848 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4849 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4850 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4851 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4852 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4853
4854 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4855 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4856 DEFHOOK
4857 (function_value,
4858 "\n\
4859 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4860 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4861 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4862 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4863 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4864 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4865 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4866 a function returns a value.\n\
4867 \n\
4868 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4869 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4870 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4871 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4872 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4873 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4874 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4875 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4876 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4877 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4878 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4879 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4880 \n\
4881 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4882 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4883 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4884 \n\
4885 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4886 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4887 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4888 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4889 known.\n\
4890 \n\
4891 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4892 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4893 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4894 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4895 \n\
4896 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4897 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4898 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4899 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4900 default_function_value)
4901
4902 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4903 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4904 DEFHOOK
4905 (libcall_value,
4906 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4907 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4908 \n\
4909 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4910 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4911 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4912 \n\
4913 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4914 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4915 default_libcall_value)
4916
4917 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4918 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4919 DEFHOOK
4920 (function_value_regno_p,
4921 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4922 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4923 \n\
4924 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4925 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4926 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4927 \n\
4928 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4929 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4930 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4931 \n\
4932 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4933 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4934 default_function_value_regno_p)
4935
4936 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4937 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4938 (internal_arg_pointer,
4939 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4940 current function.",
4941 rtx, (void),
4942 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4943
4944 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4945 DEFHOOK
4946 (update_stack_boundary,
4947 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4948 necessary.",
4949 void, (void), NULL)
4950
4951 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4952 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4953 DEFHOOK
4954 (get_drap_rtx,
4955 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4956 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4957 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4958 is needed.",
4959 rtx, (void), NULL)
4960
4961 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4962 stack. */
4963 DEFHOOK
4964 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4965 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4966 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4967 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4968 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4969 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4970 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4971 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4972 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4973 bool, (void),
4974 hook_bool_void_true)
4975
4976 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4977 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4978 DEFHOOK
4979 (static_chain,
4980 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4981 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4982 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4983 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4984 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4985 \n\
4986 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4987 \n\
4988 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4989 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4990 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4991 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4992 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4993 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4994 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4995 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4996 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4997 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4998 to refer to those items.",
4999 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5000 default_static_chain)
5001
5002 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5003 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5004 DEFHOOK
5005 (trampoline_init,
5006 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5007 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5008 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5009 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5010 when it is called.\n\
5011 \n\
5012 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5013 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5014 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5015 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5016 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5017 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5018 \n\
5019 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5020 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5021 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5022 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5023 default_trampoline_init)
5024
5025 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5026 DEFHOOK
5027 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5028 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5029 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5030 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5031 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5032 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5033 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5034 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5035 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5036
5037 DEFHOOKPOD
5038 (custom_function_descriptors,
5039 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5040 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5041 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5042 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5043 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5044 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5045 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5046 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5047 \n\
5048 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5049 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5050 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5051 \n\
5052 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5053 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5054 it to be made executable.",\
5055 int, -1)
5056
5057 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5058 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5059 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5060 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5061 DEFHOOK
5062 (return_pops_args,
5063 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5064 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5065 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5066 \n\
5067 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5068 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5069 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5070 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5071 \n\
5072 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5073 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5074 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5075 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5076 arguments (if known).\n\
5077 \n\
5078 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5079 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5080 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5081 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5082 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5083 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5084 \n\
5085 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5086 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5087 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5088 \n\
5089 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5090 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5091 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5092 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5093 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5094 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5095 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5096 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5097 number of arguments.",
5098 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5099 default_return_pops_args)
5100
5101 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5102 returned. */
5103 DEFHOOK
5104 (get_raw_result_mode,
5105 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5106 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5107 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5108 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5109 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5110
5111 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5112 passed. */
5113 DEFHOOK
5114 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5115 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5116 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5117 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5118 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5119 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5120
5121 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5122 DEFHOOK
5123 (empty_record_p,
5124 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5125 is to return @code{false}.",
5126 bool, (const_tree type),
5127 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5128
5129 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5130 DEFHOOK
5131 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5132 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5133 ABI.",
5134 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5135 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5136
5137 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5138
5139 DEFHOOK
5140 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5141 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5142 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5143 bool, (void),
5144 hook_bool_void_false)
5145
5146 DEFHOOK
5147 (init_pic_reg,
5148 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5149 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5150 void, (void),
5151 hook_void_void)
5152
5153 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5154 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5155 DEFHOOK
5156 (invalid_conversion,
5157 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5158 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5159 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5160 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5161 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5162
5163 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5164 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5165 DEFHOOK
5166 (invalid_unary_op,
5167 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5168 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5169 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5170 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5171 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5172 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5173
5174 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5175 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5176 DEFHOOK
5177 (invalid_binary_op,
5178 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5179 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5180 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5181 the front end.",
5182 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5183 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5184
5185 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5186 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5187 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5188 DEFHOOK
5189 (promoted_type,
5190 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5191 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5192 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5193 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5194 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5195 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5196 tree, (const_tree type),
5197 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5198
5199 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5200 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5201 the standard conversion rules. */
5202 DEFHOOK
5203 (convert_to_type,
5204 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5205 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5206 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5207 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5208 conversion rules.\n\
5209 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5210 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5211 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5212
5213 DEFHOOK
5214 (can_change_mode_class,
5215 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5216 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5217 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5218 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5219 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5220 \n\
5221 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5222 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5223 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5224 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5225 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5226 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5227 \n\
5228 @smallexample\n\
5229 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5230 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5231 @end smallexample\n\
5232 \n\
5233 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5234 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5235 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5236 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5237 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5238 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5239 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5240 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5241 value that the middle-end intended.",
5242 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5243 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5244
5245 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5246 DEFHOOK
5247 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5248 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5249 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5250 \n\
5251 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5252 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5253 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5254
5255 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5256 DEFHOOK
5257 (lra_p,
5258 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5259 \
5260 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5261 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5262 bool, (void),
5263 default_lra_p)
5264
5265 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5266 DEFHOOK
5267 (register_priority,
5268 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5269 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5270 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5271 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5272 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5273 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5274 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5275 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5276 \
5277 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5278 int, (int),
5279 default_register_priority)
5280
5281 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5282 DEFHOOK
5283 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5284 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5285 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5286 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5287 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5288 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5289 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5290 optimizations.\
5291 \
5292 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5293 bool, (void),
5294 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5295
5296 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5297 DEFHOOK
5298 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5299 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5300 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5301 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5302 the insn.\
5303 \
5304 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5305 bool, (void),
5306 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5307
5308 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5309 instead of memory. */
5310 DEFHOOK
5311 (spill_class,
5312 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5313 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5314 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5315 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5316 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5317 NULL)
5318
5319 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5320 DEFHOOK
5321 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5322 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5323 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5324 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5325 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5326 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5327 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5328 bool, (reg_class_t),
5329 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5330
5331 DEFHOOK
5332 (cstore_mode,
5333 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5334 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5335 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5336 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5337 patterns.",
5338 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5339 default_cstore_mode)
5340
5341 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5342 classes to use. */
5343 DEFHOOK
5344 (compute_pressure_classes,
5345 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5346 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5347 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5348 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5349 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5350
5351 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5352 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5353 DEFHOOK
5354 (member_type_forces_blk,
5355 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5356 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5357 \n\
5358 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5359 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5360 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5361 retain the field's mode.\n\
5362 \n\
5363 Normally, this is not needed.",
5364 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5365 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5366
5367 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5368 that gate the divod transform. */
5369 DEFHOOK
5370 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5371 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5372 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5373 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5374 NULL)
5375
5376 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5377 DEFHOOK
5378 (secondary_reload,
5379 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5380 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5381 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5382 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5383 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5384 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5385 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5386 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5387 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5388 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5389 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5390 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5391 \n\
5392 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5393 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5394 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5395 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5396 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5397 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5398 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5399 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5400 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5401 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5402 \n\
5403 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5404 \n\
5405 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5406 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5407 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5408 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5409 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5410 \n\
5411 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5412 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5413 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5414 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5415 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5416 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5417 \n\
5418 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5419 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5420 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5421 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5422 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5423 \n\
5424 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5425 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5426 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5427 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5428 single-register-class\n\
5429 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5430 output constraint.\n\
5431 \n\
5432 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5433 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5434 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5435 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5436 \n\
5437 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5438 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5439 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5440 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5441 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5442 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5443 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5444 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5445 \n\
5446 \n\
5447 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5448 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5449 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5450 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5451 \n\
5452 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5453 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5454 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5455 \n\
5456 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5457 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5458 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5459 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5460 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5461 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5462 reg_class_t,
5463 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5464 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5465 default_secondary_reload)
5466
5467 DEFHOOK
5468 (secondary_memory_needed,
5469 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5470 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5471 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5472 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5473 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5474 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5475 false for all inputs.",
5476 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5477 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5478
5479 DEFHOOK
5480 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5481 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5482 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5483 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5484 \n\
5485 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5486 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5487 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5488 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5489 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5490 floating-point registers.\n\
5491 \n\
5492 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5493 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5494 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5495 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5496 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5497 details.\n\
5498 \n\
5499 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5500 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5501 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5502
5503 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5504 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5505 DEFHOOK
5506 (preferred_reload_class,
5507 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5508 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5509 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5510 another, smaller class.\n\
5511 \n\
5512 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5513 \n\
5514 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5515 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5516 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5517 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5518 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5519 \n\
5520 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5521 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5522 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5523 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5524 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5525 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5526 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5527 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5528 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5529 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5530 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5531 \n\
5532 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5533 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5534 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5535 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5536 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5537 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5538 reg_class_t,
5539 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5540 default_preferred_reload_class)
5541
5542 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5543 input reloads. */
5544 DEFHOOK
5545 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5546 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5547 input reloads.\n\
5548 \n\
5549 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5550 argument.\n\
5551 \n\
5552 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5553 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5554 reg_class_t,
5555 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5556 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5557
5558 DEFHOOK
5559 (select_early_remat_modes,
5560 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5561 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5562 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5563 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5564 \n\
5565 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5566 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5567 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5568 void, (sbitmap modes),
5569 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5570
5571 DEFHOOK
5572 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5573 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5574 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5575 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5576 \n\
5577 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5578 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5579 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5580 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5581 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5582 \n\
5583 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5584 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5585 pressure.",
5586 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5587 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5588
5589 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5590 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5591 DEFHOOK
5592 (class_max_nregs,
5593 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5594 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5595 \n\
5596 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5597 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5598 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5599 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5600 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5601 \n\
5602 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5603 in the reload pass.\n\
5604 \n\
5605 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5606 in words.",
5607 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5608 default_class_max_nregs)
5609
5610 DEFHOOK
5611 (preferred_rename_class,
5612 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5613 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5614 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5615 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5616 is not implemented.\
5617 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5618 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5619 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5620 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5621 be reduced.",
5622 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5623 default_preferred_rename_class)
5624
5625 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5626 during register allocation. */
5627 DEFHOOK
5628 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5629 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5630 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5631 register allocation.\n\
5632 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5633 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5634 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5635 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5636 bool, (rtx subst),
5637 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5638
5639 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5640 displacement addressing. */
5641 DEFHOOK
5642 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5643 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5644 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5645 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5646 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5647 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5648 \n\
5649 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5650 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5651 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5652 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5653 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5654
5655 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5656 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5657 DEFHOOK
5658 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5659 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5660 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5661 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5662 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5663 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5664 usage.",
5665 void, (void),
5666 hook_void_void)
5667
5668 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5669 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5670 but will be later. */
5671 DEFHOOK
5672 (instantiate_decls,
5673 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5674 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5675 void, (void),
5676 hook_void_void)
5677
5678 DEFHOOK
5679 (hard_regno_nregs,
5680 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5681 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5682 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5683 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5684 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5685 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5686 \n\
5687 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5688 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5689 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5690
5691 DEFHOOK
5692 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5693 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5694 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5695 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5696 unconditionally.\n\
5697 \n\
5698 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5699 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5700 \n\
5701 @cindex register pairs\n\
5702 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5703 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5704 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5705 \n\
5706 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5707 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5708 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5709 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5710 \n\
5711 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5712 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5713 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5714 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5715 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5716 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5717 modes to be tieable.\n\
5718 \n\
5719 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5720 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5721 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5722 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5723 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5724 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5725 \n\
5726 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5727 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5728 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5729 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5730 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5731 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5732 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5733 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5734 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5735 \n\
5736 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5737 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5738 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5739 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5740 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5741 \n\
5742 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5743 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5744 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5745 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5746 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5747 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5748 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5749
5750 DEFHOOK
5751 (modes_tieable_p,
5752 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5753 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5754 \n\
5755 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5756 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5757 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5758 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5759 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5760 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5761 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5762 \n\
5763 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5764 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5765 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5766 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5767 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5768
5769 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5770 in peephole2. */
5771 DEFHOOK
5772 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5773 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5774 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5775 \n\
5776 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5777 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5778 \n\
5779 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5780 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5781 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5782
5783 DEFHOOK
5784 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5785 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5786 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5787 clobbered by call instruction @var{insn}. If @var{insn} is NULL then it\n\
5788 should return true if any call could partly clobber the register.\n\
5789 For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are preserved across a call\n\
5790 but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should return true for a 64-bit\n\
5791 mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5792 \n\
5793 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5794 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5795 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5796 hook_bool_insn_uint_mode_false)
5797
5798 DEFHOOK
5799 (return_call_with_max_clobbers,
5800 "This hook returns a pointer to the call that partially clobbers the\n\
5801 most registers. If a platform supports multiple ABIs where the registers\n\
5802 that are partially clobbered may vary, this function compares two\n\
5803 calls and returns a pointer to the one that clobbers the most registers.\n\
5804 If both calls clobber the same registers, @var{call_1} must be returned.\n\
5805 \n\
5806 The registers clobbered in different ABIs must be a proper subset or\n\
5807 superset of all other ABIs. @var{call_1} must always be a call insn,\n\
5808 call_2 may be NULL or a call insn.",
5809 rtx_insn *, (rtx_insn *call_1, rtx_insn *call_2),
5810 NULL)
5811
5812 DEFHOOK
5813 (get_multilib_abi_name,
5814 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
5815 const char *, (void),
5816 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
5817
5818 DEFHOOK
5819 (remove_extra_call_preserved_regs,
5820 "This hook removes registers from the set of call-clobbered registers\n\
5821 in @var{used_regs} if, contrary to the default rules, something guarantees\n\
5822 that @samp{insn} preserves those registers. For example, some targets\n\
5823 support variant ABIs in which functions preserve more registers than\n\
5824 normal functions would. Removing those extra registers from @var{used_regs}\n\
5825 can lead to better register allocation.\n\
5826 \n\
5827 The default implementation does nothing, which is always safe.\n\
5828 Defining the hook is purely an optimization.",
5829 void, (rtx_insn *insn, HARD_REG_SET *used_regs),
5830 default_remove_extra_call_preserved_regs)
5831
5832 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5833 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5834 DEFHOOK
5835 (case_values_threshold,
5836 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5837 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5838 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5839 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5840 unsigned int, (void),
5841 default_case_values_threshold)
5842
5843 DEFHOOK
5844 (starting_frame_offset,
5845 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5846 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5847 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5848 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5849 implementation returns 0.",
5850 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5851 hook_hwi_void_0)
5852
5853 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5854 DEFHOOK
5855 (compute_frame_layout,
5856 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5857 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5858 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5859 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5860 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5861 this callback is optional.",
5862 void, (void),
5863 hook_void_void)
5864
5865 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5866 DEFHOOK
5867 (frame_pointer_required,
5868 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5869 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5870 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5871 \n\
5872 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5873 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5874 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5875 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5876 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5877 pointer.\n\
5878 \n\
5879 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5880 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5881 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5882 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5883 them.\n\
5884 \n\
5885 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5886 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5887 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5888 \n\
5889 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5890 bool, (void),
5891 hook_bool_void_false)
5892
5893 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5894 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5895 DEFHOOK
5896 (can_eliminate,
5897 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5898 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5899 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5900 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5901 knows about.\n\
5902 \n\
5903 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5904 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5905 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5906
5907 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5908 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5909 target. */
5910 DEFHOOK
5911 (conditional_register_usage,
5912 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5913 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5914 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5915 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5916 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5917 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5918 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5919 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5920 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5921 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5922 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5923 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5924 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5925 command options have been applied.\n\
5926 \n\
5927 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5928 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5929 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5930 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5931 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5932 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5933 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5934 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5935 \n\
5936 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5937 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5938 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5939 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5940 void, (void),
5941 hook_void_void)
5942
5943 DEFHOOK
5944 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
5945 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
5946 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
5947 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
5948 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
5949 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
5950 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
5951 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
5952 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5953 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5954 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
5955
5956
5957 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5958 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5959 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5960 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5961
5962 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5963 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5964 (mode_for_suffix,
5965 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5966 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5967 machine_mode, (char c),
5968 default_mode_for_suffix)
5969
5970 DEFHOOK
5971 (excess_precision,
5972 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5973 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5974 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5975 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5976 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5977 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5978 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5979 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5980 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5981 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5982 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5983 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5984 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5985 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5986 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5987 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5988 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5989 default_excess_precision)
5990
5991 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5992
5993 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5994 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5995 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5996 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5997
5998 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5999 DEFHOOK
6000 (guard_type,
6001 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6002 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6003 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6004 tree, (void),
6005 default_cxx_guard_type)
6006
6007 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6008 DEFHOOK
6009 (guard_mask_bit,
6010 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6011 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6012 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6013 bool, (void),
6014 hook_bool_void_false)
6015
6016 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6017 DEFHOOK
6018 (get_cookie_size,
6019 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6020 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6021 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6022 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6023 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6024 tree, (tree type),
6025 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6026
6027 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6028 DEFHOOK
6029 (cookie_has_size,
6030 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6031 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6032 bool, (void),
6033 hook_bool_void_false)
6034
6035 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6036 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6037 DEFHOOK
6038 (import_export_class,
6039 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6040 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6041 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6042 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6043 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6044 backend's targeted operating system.",
6045 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6046
6047 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6048 DEFHOOK
6049 (cdtor_returns_this,
6050 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6051 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6052 @code{false}.",
6053 bool, (void),
6054 hook_bool_void_false)
6055
6056 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6057 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6058 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6059 DEFHOOK
6060 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6061 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6062 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6063 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6064 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6065 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6066 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6067 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6068 bool, (void),
6069 hook_bool_void_true)
6070
6071 DEFHOOK
6072 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6073 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6074 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6075 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6076 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6077 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6078 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6079 void, (tree decl),
6080 hook_void_tree)
6081
6082 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6083 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6084 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6085 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6086 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6087 DEFHOOK
6088 (class_data_always_comdat,
6089 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6090 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6091 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6092 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6093 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6094 bool, (void),
6095 hook_bool_void_true)
6096
6097 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6098 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6099 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6100 DEFHOOK
6101 (library_rtti_comdat,
6102 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6103 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6104 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6105 bool, (void),
6106 hook_bool_void_true)
6107
6108 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6109 destructors. */
6110 DEFHOOK
6111 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6112 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6113 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6114 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6115 bool, (void),
6116 hook_bool_void_false)
6117
6118 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6119 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6120 DEFHOOK
6121 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6122 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6123 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6124 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6125 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6126 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6127 bool, (void),
6128 hook_bool_void_false)
6129
6130 DEFHOOK
6131 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6132 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6133 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6134 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6135 void, (tree type),
6136 hook_void_tree)
6137
6138 DEFHOOK
6139 (decl_mangling_context,
6140 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6141 tree, (const_tree decl),
6142 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6143
6144 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6145
6146 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6147 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6148 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6149 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6150
6151 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6152 DEFHOOKPOD
6153 (get_address,
6154 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6155 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6156 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6157 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6158
6159 DEFHOOKPOD
6160 (register_common,
6161 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6162 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6163 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6164 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6165 registration function to be used.",
6166 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6167
6168 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6169 DEFHOOKPOD
6170 (var_section,
6171 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6172 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6173 any section.",
6174 const char *, NULL)
6175
6176 DEFHOOKPOD
6177 (tmpl_section,
6178 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6179 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6180 section.",
6181 const char *, NULL)
6182
6183 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6184 DEFHOOKPOD
6185 (var_prefix,
6186 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6187 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6188 const char *, NULL)
6189
6190 DEFHOOKPOD
6191 (tmpl_prefix,
6192 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6193 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6194 const char *, NULL)
6195
6196 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6197 DEFHOOK
6198 (var_fields,
6199 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6200 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6201 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6202 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6203 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6204 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6205 default_emutls_var_fields)
6206
6207 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6208 DEFHOOK
6209 (var_init,
6210 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6211 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6212 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6213 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6214 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6215 default_emutls_var_init)
6216
6217 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6218 proxy variable. */
6219 DEFHOOKPOD
6220 (var_align_fixed,
6221 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6222 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6223 single objects. The default is false.",
6224 bool, false)
6225
6226 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6227 DEFHOOKPOD
6228 (debug_form_tls_address,
6229 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6230 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6231 bool, false)
6232
6233 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6234
6235 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6236 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6237 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6238
6239 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6240 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6241 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6242 DEFHOOK
6243 (valid_attribute_p,
6244 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6245 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6246 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6247 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6248 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6249 \n\
6250 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6251 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6252 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6253 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6254 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6255
6256 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6257 DEFHOOK
6258 (save,
6259 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6260 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6261 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6262 @xref{Option file format}.",
6263 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6264
6265 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6266 structure. */
6267 DEFHOOK
6268 (restore,
6269 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6270 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6271 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6272 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6273
6274 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6275 streamed in. */
6276 DEFHOOK
6277 (post_stream_in,
6278 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6279 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6280 LTO bytecode.",
6281 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6282
6283 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6284 structure. */
6285 DEFHOOK
6286 (print,
6287 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6288 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6289 function-specific options.",
6290 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6291
6292 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6293 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6294 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6295 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6296 DEFHOOK
6297 (pragma_parse,
6298 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6299 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6300 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6301 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6302 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6303 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6304
6305 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6306 DEFHOOK
6307 (override,
6308 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6309 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6310 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6311 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6312 \n\
6313 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6314 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6315 \n\
6316 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6317 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6318 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6319 void, (void),
6320 hook_void_void)
6321
6322 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6323 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6324 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6325 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6326 DEFHOOK
6327 (function_versions,
6328 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6329 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6330 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6331 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6332 different target machines.",
6333 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6334 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6335
6336 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6337 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6338 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6339 DEFHOOK
6340 (can_inline_p,
6341 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6342 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6343 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6344 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6345 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6346 default_target_can_inline_p)
6347
6348 DEFHOOK
6349 (relayout_function,
6350 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6351 void, (tree fndecl),
6352 hook_void_tree)
6353
6354 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6355
6356 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6357 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6358 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6359 DEFHOOK
6360 (extra_live_on_entry,
6361 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6362 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6363 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6364 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6365 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6366 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6367 void, (bitmap regs),
6368 hook_void_bitmap)
6369
6370 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6371 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6372 definition. */
6373 DEFHOOKPOD
6374 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6375 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6376 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6377 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6378 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6379 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6380 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6381 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6382 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6383 bool,
6384 false)
6385
6386 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6387 DEFHOOK
6388 (set_up_by_prologue,
6389 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6390 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6391 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6392 NULL)
6393
6394 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6395 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6396 function attribute. */
6397 DEFHOOK
6398 (warn_func_return,
6399 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6400 bool, (tree),
6401 hook_bool_tree_true)
6402
6403 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6404 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6405 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6406
6407 DEFHOOK
6408 (get_separate_components,
6409 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6410 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6411 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6412 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6413 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6414 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6415 sbitmap, (void),
6416 NULL)
6417
6418 DEFHOOK
6419 (components_for_bb,
6420 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6421 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6422 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6423 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6424 NULL)
6425
6426 DEFHOOK
6427 (disqualify_components,
6428 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6429 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6430 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6431 epilogue instead.",
6432 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6433 NULL)
6434
6435 DEFHOOK
6436 (emit_prologue_components,
6437 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6438 void, (sbitmap),
6439 NULL)
6440
6441 DEFHOOK
6442 (emit_epilogue_components,
6443 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6444 void, (sbitmap),
6445 NULL)
6446
6447 DEFHOOK
6448 (set_handled_components,
6449 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6450 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6451 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6452 will be deleted after this call.",
6453 void, (sbitmap),
6454 NULL)
6455
6456 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6457 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6458 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6459
6460 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6461 DEFHOOK
6462 (debug_unwind_info,
6463 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6464 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6465 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6466 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6467 \n\
6468 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6469 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6470 \n\
6471 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6472 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6473 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6474 default_debug_unwind_info)
6475
6476 DEFHOOK
6477 (reset_location_view, "\
6478 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6479 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6480 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6481 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6482 \n\
6483 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6484 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6485 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6486 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6487 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6488 \n\
6489 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6490 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6491 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6492
6493 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6494 defined at this time. */
6495 DEFHOOK
6496 (canonicalize_comparison,
6497 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6498 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6499 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6500 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6501 \n\
6502 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6503 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6504 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6505 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6506 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6507 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6508 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6509 \n\
6510 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6511 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6512 @file{md} file.\n\
6513 \n\
6514 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6515 comparison code or operands.",
6516 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6517 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6518
6519 DEFHOOK
6520 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6521 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6522 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6523 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6524 \n\
6525 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6526 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6527 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6528 \n\
6529 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6530 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6531 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6532 \n\
6533 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6534 defined to 1.",
6535 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6536
6537 DEFHOOKPOD
6538 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6539 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6540 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6541 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6542 unsigned char, 1)
6543
6544 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6545 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6546 as needed. */
6547 DEFHOOK
6548 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6549 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6550 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6551 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6552 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6553 hook_uint_mode_0)
6554
6555 DEFHOOK
6556 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6557 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6558 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6559 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6560 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6561 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6562 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6563 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6564 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6565 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6566 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6567 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6568 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6569 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6570 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6571 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6572 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6573 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6574
6575 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6576
6577 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6578 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6579 DEFHOOKPOD
6580 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6581 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6582 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6583 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6584 bool, false)
6585
6586 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6587 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6588 DEFHOOKPOD
6589 (have_ctors_dtors,
6590 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6591 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6592 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6593 bool, false)
6594
6595 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6596 DEFHOOKPOD
6597 (have_tls,
6598 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6599 The default value is false.",
6600 bool, false)
6601
6602 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6603 DEFHOOKPOD
6604 (have_srodata_section,
6605 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6606 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6607 bool, false)
6608
6609 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6610 DEFHOOKPOD
6611 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6612 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6613 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6614 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6615 true otherwise.",
6616 bool, true)
6617
6618 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6619 DEFHOOKPOD
6620 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6621 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6622 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6623 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6624 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6625 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6626 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6627 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6628 \n\
6629 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6630 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6631 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6632 bool, false)
6633
6634 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6635 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6636 DEFHOOKPOD
6637 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6638 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6639 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6640 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6641 this to be done. The default is false.",
6642 bool, false)
6643
6644 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6645 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6646 DEFHOOKPOD
6647 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6648 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6649 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6650 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6651 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6652 bool, false)
6653
6654 DEFHOOKPOD
6655 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6656 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6657 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6658 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6659 bool, false)
6660
6661 DEFHOOKPOD
6662 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6663 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6664 bool, false)
6665
6666 DEFHOOKPOD
6667 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6668 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6669 bool, false)
6670
6671 DEFHOOKPOD
6672 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6673 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6674 targets.",
6675 bool, false)
6676
6677 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6678
6679 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6680 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6681 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6682 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6683
6684 DEFHOOK
6685 (emit,
6686 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6687 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6688
6689 DEFHOOK
6690 (needed,
6691 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6692 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6693
6694 DEFHOOK
6695 (after,
6696 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6697 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6698
6699 DEFHOOK
6700 (entry,
6701 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6702 int, (int entity), NULL)
6703
6704 DEFHOOK
6705 (exit,
6706 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6707 int, (int entity), NULL)
6708
6709 DEFHOOK
6710 (priority,
6711 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6712 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6713
6714 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6715
6716 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6717 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6718
6719 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6720 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6721 #include "target-insns.def"
6722 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6723
6724 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6725 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6726 #include "target-insns.def"
6727 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6728
6729 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6730 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6731 #include "target-insns.def"
6732 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6733
6734 DEFHOOK
6735 (run_target_selftests,
6736 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6737 void, (void),
6738 NULL)
6739
6740 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6741 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6742